mirror of https://github.com/tidwall/tile38.git
10981 lines
387 KiB
Go
10981 lines
387 KiB
Go
// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
|
|
|
|
package docdb
|
|
|
|
import (
|
|
"fmt"
|
|
"time"
|
|
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const opAddTagsToResource = "AddTagsToResource"
|
|
|
|
// AddTagsToResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AddTagsToResource operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AddTagsToResource for more information on using the AddTagsToResource
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AddTagsToResourceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AddTagsToResourceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResource
|
|
func (c *DocDB) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddTagsToResourceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAddTagsToResource,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AddTagsToResourceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AddTagsToResourceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AddTagsToResource API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Adds metadata tags to an Amazon DocumentDB resource. You can use these tags
|
|
// with cost allocation reporting to track costs that are associated with Amazon
|
|
// DocumentDB resources. or in a Condition statement in an AWS Identity and
|
|
// Access Management (IAM) policy for Amazon DocumentDB.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation AddTagsToResource for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResource
|
|
func (c *DocDB) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AddTagsToResourceWithContext is the same as AddTagsToResource with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AddTagsToResource for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) AddTagsToResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddTagsToResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction = "ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction"
|
|
|
|
// ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for more information on using the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Applies a pending maintenance action to a resource (for example, to a DB
|
|
// instance).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified resource ID was not found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionWithContext is the same as ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup = "CopyDBClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Copies the specified DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// This request would cause you to exceed the allowed number of DB parameter
|
|
// groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists"
|
|
// A DB parameter group with the same name already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CopyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CopyDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCopyDBClusterSnapshot = "CopyDBClusterSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CopyDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCopyDBClusterSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Copies a snapshot of a DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// To copy a DB cluster snapshot from a shared manual DB cluster snapshot, SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier
|
|
// must be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// To cancel the copy operation after it is in progress, delete the target DB
|
|
// cluster snapshot identified by TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier while that
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot is in the copying status.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation CopyDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// You already have a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
|
|
// The provided value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would cause you to exceed the allowed number of DB snapshots.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// An error occurred when accessing an AWS KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CopyDBClusterSnapshot(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CopyDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CopyDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CopyDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CopyDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBCluster = "CreateDBCluster"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateDBCluster operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBCluster for more information on using the CreateDBCluster
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/CreateDBCluster
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CreateDBClusterRequest(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateDBClusterOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBCluster API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new Amazon DocumentDB DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation CreateDBCluster for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// You already have a DB cluster with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity"
|
|
// There is not enough storage available for the current action. You might be
|
|
// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different
|
|
// Availability Zones that have more storage available.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster can't be created because you have reached the maximum allowed
|
|
// quota of DB clusters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would cause you to exceed the allowed amount of storage available
|
|
// across all DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it is created
|
|
// because of changes that were made.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault"
|
|
// The DB subnet group can't be deleted because it's in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is not valid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common virtual private cloud (VPC).
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
|
|
// The specified DB instance isn't in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBClusterParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// An error occurred when accessing an AWS KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
|
|
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
|
|
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/CreateDBCluster
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CreateDBCluster(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBClusterWithContext is the same as CreateDBCluster with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CreateDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup = "CreateDBClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Parameters in a DB cluster parameter group apply to all of the instances
|
|
// in a DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// A DB cluster parameter group is initially created with the default parameters
|
|
// for the database engine used by instances in the DB cluster. To provide custom
|
|
// values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after you create
|
|
// it. After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you must associate it
|
|
// with your DB cluster. For the new DB cluster parameter group and associated
|
|
// settings to take effect, you must then reboot the DB instances in the DB
|
|
// cluster without failover.
|
|
//
|
|
// After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5
|
|
// minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon DocumentDB to fully
|
|
// complete the create action before the DB cluster parameter group is used
|
|
// as the default for a new DB cluster. This step is especially important for
|
|
// parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB
|
|
// cluster, such as the character set for the default database defined by the
|
|
// character_set_database parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// This request would cause you to exceed the allowed number of DB parameter
|
|
// groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists"
|
|
// A DB parameter group with the same name already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CreateDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBClusterSnapshot = "CreateDBClusterSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CreateDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBClusterSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation CreateDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// You already have a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would cause you to exceed the allowed number of DB snapshots.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
|
|
// The provided value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CreateDBClusterSnapshot(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CreateDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CreateDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBInstance = "CreateDBInstance"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateDBInstance operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBInstance for more information on using the CreateDBInstance
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBInstanceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateDBInstanceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstance
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CreateDBInstanceRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateDBInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBInstance API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation CreateDBInstance for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists"
|
|
// You already have a DB instance with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"
|
|
// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability
|
|
// Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would cause you to exceed the allowed number of DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would cause you to exceed the allowed amount of storage available
|
|
// across all DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
|
|
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
|
|
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is not valid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common virtual private cloud (VPC).
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it is created
|
|
// because of changes that were made.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported"
|
|
// Storage of the specified StorageType can't be associated with the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
|
|
// The specified CIDR IP or Amazon EC2 security group isn't authorized for the
|
|
// specified DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon DocumentDB also might not be authorized to perform necessary actions
|
|
// on your behalf using IAM.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// An error occurred when accessing an AWS KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstance
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CreateDBInstance(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBInstanceWithContext is the same as CreateDBInstance with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CreateDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateDBSubnetGroup = "CreateDBSubnetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the CreateDBSubnetGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateDBSubnetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateDBSubnetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one
|
|
// subnet in at least two Availability Zones in the AWS Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation CreateDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBSubnetGroupAlreadyExists"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName is already being used by an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would cause you to exceed the allowed number of DB subnet groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The request would cause you to exceed the allowed number of subnets in a
|
|
// DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
|
|
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
|
|
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is not valid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common virtual private cloud (VPC).
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CreateDBSubnetGroup(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBSubnetGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) CreateDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBCluster = "DeleteDBCluster"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteDBCluster operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBCluster for more information on using the DeleteDBCluster
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DeleteDBCluster
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DeleteDBClusterRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteDBClusterOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBCluster API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a previously provisioned DB cluster. When you delete a DB cluster,
|
|
// all automated backups for that DB cluster are deleted and can't be recovered.
|
|
// Manual DB cluster snapshots of the specified DB cluster are not deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation DeleteDBCluster for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// You already have a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would cause you to exceed the allowed number of DB snapshots.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
|
|
// The provided value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DeleteDBCluster
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DeleteDBCluster(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBClusterWithContext is the same as DeleteDBCluster with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DeleteDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup = "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a specified DB cluster parameter group. The DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group to be deleted can't be associated with any DB clusters.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState"
|
|
// The DB parameter group is in use, or it is in a state that is not valid.
|
|
// If you are trying to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when
|
|
// the parameter group is in this state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot = "DeleteDBClusterSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a DB cluster snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy
|
|
// operation is terminated.
|
|
//
|
|
// The DB cluster snapshot must be in the available state to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
|
|
// The provided value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DeleteDBClusterSnapshot(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBInstance = "DeleteDBInstance"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteDBInstance operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBInstance for more information on using the DeleteDBInstance
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBInstanceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstance
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteDBInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBInstance API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a previously provisioned DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation DeleteDBInstance for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
|
|
// The specified DB instance isn't in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already being used by an existing snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would cause you to exceed the allowed number of DB snapshots.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstance
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DeleteDBInstance(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBInstanceWithContext is the same as DeleteDBInstance with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DeleteDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteDBSubnetGroup = "DeleteDBSubnetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBSubnetGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteDBSubnetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// The specified database subnet group must not be associated with any DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation DeleteDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault"
|
|
// The DB subnet group can't be deleted because it's in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetStateFault"
|
|
// The DB subnet isn't in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DeleteDBSubnetGroup(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBSubnetGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DeleteDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups = "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of DBClusterParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBClusterParameterGroupName
|
|
// parameter is specified, the list contains only the description of the specified
|
|
// DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBClusterParameters = "DescribeDBClusterParameters"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameters operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterParameters
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameters
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameters,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBClusterParametersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterParameters API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBClusterParameters for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameters
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBClusterParameters(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterParameters with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of DB cluster snapshot attribute names and values for a manual
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you share snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
|
|
// returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that
|
|
// are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If all
|
|
// is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshots"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshots API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about DB cluster snapshots. This API operation supports
|
|
// pagination.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBClusterSnapshots(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterSnapshots with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBClusters = "DescribeDBClusters"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClustersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusters operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusters for more information on using the DescribeDBClusters
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClustersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClustersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusters
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBClustersRequest(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClustersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBClusters,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBClustersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBClustersOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClusters API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about provisioned Amazon DocumentDB DB clusters. This
|
|
// API operation supports pagination.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBClusters for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusters
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBClusters(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClustersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusters with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusters for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBClustersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClustersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClustersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBClusters operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBClusters method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBClusters operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeDBClustersPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeDBClustersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBClustersPages(input *DescribeDBClustersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClustersOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeDBClustersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBClustersPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBClustersPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBClustersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClustersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClustersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeDBClustersInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBClustersOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBEngineVersions = "DescribeDBEngineVersions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBEngineVersions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBEngineVersions for more information on using the DescribeDBEngineVersions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeDBEngineVersions
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBEngineVersions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBEngineVersions API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of the available DB engines.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBEngineVersions for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeDBEngineVersions
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBEngineVersions(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBEngineVersionsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBEngineVersions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBEngineVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBEngineVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBEngineVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBInstances = "DescribeDBInstances"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBInstances for more information on using the DescribeDBInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstances
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBInstances API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about provisioned Amazon DocumentDB instances. This API
|
|
// supports pagination.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstances
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBInstances(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBInstances method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeDBInstancesPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBInstancesPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeDBInstancesInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeDBSubnetGroups = "DescribeDBSubnetGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSubnetGroups
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeDBSubnetGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSubnetGroups API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of DBSubnetGroup descriptions. If a DBSubnetGroupName is specified,
|
|
// the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DBSubnetGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation DescribeDBSubnetGroups for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSubnetGroups
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBSubnetGroups(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSubnetGroups with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the cluster
|
|
// database engine.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEventCategories = "DescribeEventCategories"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventCategoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEventCategories operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEventCategories for more information on using the DescribeEventCategories
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventCategoriesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeEventCategories
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEventCategories,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEventCategoriesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeEventCategoriesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventCategories API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Displays a list of categories for all event source types, or, if specified,
|
|
// for a specified source type.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation DescribeEventCategories for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeEventCategories
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeEventCategories(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext is the same as DescribeEventCategories with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEventCategories for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEvents = "DescribeEvents"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEvents operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEvents for more information on using the DescribeEvents
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeEvents
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEvents,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEventsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeEventsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEvents API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns events related to DB instances, DB security groups, DB snapshots,
|
|
// and DB parameter groups for the past 14 days. You can obtain events specific
|
|
// to a particular DB instance, DB security group, DB snapshot, or DB parameter
|
|
// group by providing the name as a parameter. By default, the events of the
|
|
// past hour are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation DescribeEvents for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeEvents
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventsWithContext is the same as DescribeEvents with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEvents for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeEventsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEvents operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEvents method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEvents operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeEventsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeEventsPages(input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeEventsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeEventsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEventsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for more information on using the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of orderable DB instance options for the specified engine.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions = "DescribePendingMaintenanceActions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for more information on using the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribePendingMaintenanceActions API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of resources (for example, DB instances) that have at least
|
|
// one pending maintenance action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The specified resource ID was not found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribePendingMaintenanceActions(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsWithContext is the same as DescribePendingMaintenanceActions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opFailoverDBCluster = "FailoverDBCluster"
|
|
|
|
// FailoverDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the FailoverDBCluster operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See FailoverDBCluster for more information on using the FailoverDBCluster
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the FailoverDBClusterRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.FailoverDBClusterRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/FailoverDBCluster
|
|
func (c *DocDB) FailoverDBClusterRequest(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *FailoverDBClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opFailoverDBCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &FailoverDBClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &FailoverDBClusterOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// FailoverDBCluster API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Forces a failover for a DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// A failover for a DB cluster promotes one of the Amazon DocumentDB replicas
|
|
// (read-only instances) in the DB cluster to be the primary instance (the cluster
|
|
// writer).
|
|
//
|
|
// If the primary instance fails, Amazon DocumentDB automatically fails over
|
|
// to an Amazon DocumentDB replica, if one exists. You can force a failover
|
|
// when you want to simulate a failure of a primary instance for testing.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation FailoverDBCluster for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
|
|
// The specified DB instance isn't in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/FailoverDBCluster
|
|
func (c *DocDB) FailoverDBCluster(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// FailoverDBClusterWithContext is the same as FailoverDBCluster with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See FailoverDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) FailoverDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *FailoverDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource"
|
|
|
|
// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/ListTagsForResource
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opListTagsForResource,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListTagsForResource API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Lists all tags on an Amazon DocumentDB resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/ListTagsForResource
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyDBCluster = "ModifyDBCluster"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyDBCluster operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBCluster for more information on using the ModifyDBCluster
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/ModifyDBCluster
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ModifyDBClusterRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyDBCluster,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyDBClusterInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyDBClusterOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBCluster API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies a setting for an Amazon DocumentDB DB cluster. You can change one
|
|
// or more database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters
|
|
// and the new values in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation ModifyDBCluster for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would cause you to exceed the allowed amount of storage available
|
|
// across all DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it is created
|
|
// because of changes that were made.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault"
|
|
// The DB subnet group can't be deleted because it's in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is not valid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common virtual private cloud (VPC).
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBClusterParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState"
|
|
// The state of the DB security group doesn't allow deletion.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
|
|
// The specified DB instance isn't in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// You already have a DB cluster with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/ModifyDBCluster
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ModifyDBCluster(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBClusterWithContext is the same as ModifyDBCluster with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ModifyDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup = "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group. To modify more than
|
|
// one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue,
|
|
// and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static
|
|
// parameters require a reboot or maintenance window before the change can take
|
|
// effect.
|
|
//
|
|
// After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5
|
|
// minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon DocumentDB to fully
|
|
// complete the create action before the parameter group is used as the default
|
|
// for a new DB cluster. This step is especially important for parameters that
|
|
// are critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as
|
|
// the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database
|
|
// parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState"
|
|
// The DB parameter group is in use, or it is in a state that is not valid.
|
|
// If you are trying to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when
|
|
// the parameter group is in this state.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for more information on using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from,
|
|
// a manual DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// To share a manual DB cluster snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore
|
|
// as the AttributeName, and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of
|
|
// IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB cluster
|
|
// snapshot. Use the value all to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public,
|
|
// which means that it can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Do not
|
|
// add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private
|
|
// information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. If a manual
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, it can be shared, but only by specifying
|
|
// a list of authorized AWS account IDs for the ValuesToAdd parameter. You can't
|
|
// use all as a value for that parameter in this case.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
|
|
// The provided value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSharedSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// You have exceeded the maximum number of accounts that you can share a manual
|
|
// DB snapshot with.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyDBInstance = "ModifyDBInstance"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyDBInstance operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBInstance for more information on using the ModifyDBInstance
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBInstanceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstance
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyDBInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyDBInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyDBInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBInstance API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies settings for a DB instance. You can change one or more database
|
|
// configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values
|
|
// in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation ModifyDBInstance for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
|
|
// The specified DB instance isn't in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState"
|
|
// The state of the DB security group doesn't allow deletion.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists"
|
|
// You already have a DB instance with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBSecurityGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity"
|
|
// The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability
|
|
// Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would cause you to exceed the allowed amount of storage available
|
|
// across all DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it is created
|
|
// because of changes that were made.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBUpgradeDependencyFailureFault "DBUpgradeDependencyFailure"
|
|
// The DB upgrade failed because a resource that the DB depends on can't be
|
|
// modified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported"
|
|
// Storage of the specified StorageType can't be associated with the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
|
|
// The specified CIDR IP or Amazon EC2 security group isn't authorized for the
|
|
// specified DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon DocumentDB also might not be authorized to perform necessary actions
|
|
// on your behalf using IAM.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound"
|
|
// CertificateIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing certificate.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstance
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ModifyDBInstance(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBInstanceWithContext is the same as ModifyDBInstance with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ModifyDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyDBSubnetGroup = "ModifyDBSubnetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBSubnetGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyDBSubnetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least
|
|
// one subnet in at least two Availability Zones in the AWS Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation ModifyDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The request would cause you to exceed the allowed number of subnets in a
|
|
// DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse "SubnetAlreadyInUse"
|
|
// The DB subnet is already in use in the Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
|
|
// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones
|
|
// unless there is only one Availability Zone.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is not valid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common virtual private cloud (VPC).
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ModifyDBSubnetGroup(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBSubnetGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ModifyDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRebootDBInstance = "RebootDBInstance"
|
|
|
|
// RebootDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RebootDBInstance operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RebootDBInstance for more information on using the RebootDBInstance
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RebootDBInstanceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RebootDBInstanceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstance
|
|
func (c *DocDB) RebootDBInstanceRequest(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RebootDBInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRebootDBInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RebootDBInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RebootDBInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RebootDBInstance API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// You might need to reboot your DB instance, usually for maintenance reasons.
|
|
// For example, if you make certain changes, or if you change the DB cluster
|
|
// parameter group that is associated with the DB instance, you must reboot
|
|
// the instance for the changes to take effect.
|
|
//
|
|
// Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. Rebooting a
|
|
// DB instance results in a momentary outage, during which the DB instance status
|
|
// is set to rebooting.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation RebootDBInstance for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState"
|
|
// The specified DB instance isn't in the available state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstance
|
|
func (c *DocDB) RebootDBInstance(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RebootDBInstanceWithContext is the same as RebootDBInstance with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RebootDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) RebootDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RebootDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRemoveTagsFromResource = "RemoveTagsFromResource"
|
|
|
|
// RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RemoveTagsFromResource operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveTagsFromResource for more information on using the RemoveTagsFromResource
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResource
|
|
func (c *DocDB) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRemoveTagsFromResource,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RemoveTagsFromResourceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveTagsFromResource API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Removes metadata tags from an Amazon DocumentDB resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound"
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResource
|
|
func (c *DocDB) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext is the same as RemoveTagsFromResource with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveTagsFromResource for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opResetDBClusterParameterGroup = "ResetDBClusterParameterGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opResetDBClusterParameterGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ResetDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group to the default value.
|
|
// To reset specific parameters, submit a list of the following: ParameterName
|
|
// and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB cluster parameter group, specify
|
|
// the DBClusterParameterGroupName and ResetAllParameters parameters.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you reset the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated immediately
|
|
// and static parameters are set to pending-reboot to take effect on the next
|
|
// DB instance reboot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState"
|
|
// The DB parameter group is in use, or it is in a state that is not valid.
|
|
// If you are trying to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when
|
|
// the parameter group is in this state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound"
|
|
// DBParameterGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ResetDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ResetDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ResetDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot = "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot"
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
|
|
func (c *DocDB) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// If a DB snapshot is specified, the target DB cluster is created from the
|
|
// source DB snapshot with a default configuration and default security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// If a DB cluster snapshot is specified, the target DB cluster is created from
|
|
// the source DB cluster restore point with the same configuration as the original
|
|
// source DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster is created with the default
|
|
// security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// You already have a DB cluster with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster can't be created because you have reached the maximum allowed
|
|
// quota of DB clusters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would cause you to exceed the allowed amount of storage available
|
|
// across all DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound"
|
|
// DBSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster doesn't have enough capacity for the current operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity"
|
|
// There is not enough storage available for the current action. You might be
|
|
// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different
|
|
// Availability Zones that have more storage available.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState"
|
|
// The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
|
|
// The provided value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would cause you to exceed the allowed amount of storage available
|
|
// across all DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it is created
|
|
// because of changes that were made.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault"
|
|
// You cannot restore from a virtual private cloud (VPC) backup to a non-VPC
|
|
// DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is not valid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common virtual private cloud (VPC).
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// An error occurred when accessing an AWS KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
|
|
func (c *DocDB) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime = "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime"
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfully.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
|
|
func (c *DocDB) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime API operation for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility.
|
|
//
|
|
// Restores a DB cluster to an arbitrary point in time. Users can restore to
|
|
// any point in time before LatestRestorableTime for up to BackupRetentionPeriod
|
|
// days. The target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster with the
|
|
// same configuration as the original DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster
|
|
// is created with the default DB security group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DocumentDB with MongoDB compatibility's
|
|
// API operation RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// You already have a DB cluster with the given identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster can't be created because you have reached the maximum allowed
|
|
// quota of DB clusters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster doesn't have enough capacity for the current operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity"
|
|
// There is not enough storage available for the current action. You might be
|
|
// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different
|
|
// Availability Zones that have more storage available.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault"
|
|
// The provided value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault"
|
|
// The DB cluster isn't in a valid state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState"
|
|
// The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault"
|
|
// You cannot restore from a virtual private cloud (VPC) backup to a non-VPC
|
|
// DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The requested subnet is not valid, or multiple subnets were requested that
|
|
// are not all in a common virtual private cloud (VPC).
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
|
|
// The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it is created
|
|
// because of changes that were made.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// An error occurred when accessing an AWS KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded"
|
|
// The request would cause you to exceed the allowed amount of storage available
|
|
// across all DB instances.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/docdb-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
|
|
func (c *DocDB) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeWithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DocDB) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to AddTagsToResource.
|
|
type AddTagsToResourceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon DocumentDB resource that the tags are added to. This value is
|
|
// an Amazon Resource Name (ARN).
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceName is a required field
|
|
ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to be assigned to the Amazon DocumentDB resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// Tags is a required field
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddTagsToResourceInput"}
|
|
if s.ResourceName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Tags == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *AddTagsToResourceInput {
|
|
s.ResourceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AddTagsToResourceInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AddTagsToResourceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction.
|
|
type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending maintenance action to apply to this resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: system-update, db-upgrade
|
|
//
|
|
// ApplyAction is a required field
|
|
ApplyAction *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that specifies the type of opt-in request or undoes an opt-in request.
|
|
// An opt-in request of type immediate can't be undone.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * immediate - Apply the maintenance action immediately.
|
|
//
|
|
// * next-maintenance - Apply the maintenance action during the next maintenance
|
|
// window for the resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// * undo-opt-in - Cancel any existing next-maintenance opt-in requests.
|
|
//
|
|
// OptInType is a required field
|
|
OptInType *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that the pending maintenance
|
|
// action applies to.
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput"}
|
|
if s.ApplyAction == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApplyAction"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.OptInType == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptInType"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ResourceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetApplyAction sets the ApplyAction field's value.
|
|
func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetApplyAction(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput {
|
|
s.ApplyAction = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptInType sets the OptInType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetOptInType(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput {
|
|
s.OptInType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput {
|
|
s.ResourceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction.
|
|
ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourcePendingMaintenanceActions sets the ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions field's value.
|
|
func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) SetResourcePendingMaintenanceActions(v *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput {
|
|
s.ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about an Availability Zone.
|
|
type AvailabilityZone struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the Availability Zone.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailabilityZone) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetName(v string) *AvailabilityZone {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to Amazon
|
|
// CloudWatch Logs for a specific DB instance or DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// The EnableLogTypes and DisableLogTypes arrays determine which logs are exported
|
|
// (or not exported) to CloudWatch Logs. The values within these arrays depend
|
|
// on the DB engine that is being used.
|
|
type CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of log types to disable.
|
|
DisableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of log types to enable.
|
|
EnableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDisableLogTypes sets the DisableLogTypes field's value.
|
|
func (s *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) SetDisableLogTypes(v []*string) *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration {
|
|
s.DisableLogTypes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnableLogTypes sets the EnableLogTypes field's value.
|
|
func (s *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) SetEnableLogTypes(v []*string) *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration {
|
|
s.EnableLogTypes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to CopyDBClusterParameterGroup.
|
|
type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must specify a valid DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source DB cluster parameter group is in the same AWS Region as
|
|
// the copy, specify a valid DB parameter group identifier; for example,
|
|
// my-db-cluster-param-group, or a valid ARN.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source DB parameter group is in a different AWS Region than the
|
|
// copy, specify a valid DB cluster parameter group ARN; for example, arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:cluster-pg:custom-cluster-group1.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags that are to be assigned to the parameter group.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A description for the copied DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription is a required field
|
|
TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the copied DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be null, empty, or blank.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The first character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster-param-group1
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field
|
|
TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription sets the TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier sets the TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v *DBClusterParameterGroup) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to CopyDBClusterSnapshot.
|
|
type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Set to true to copy all tags from the source DB cluster snapshot to the target
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot, and otherwise false. The default is false.
|
|
CopyTags *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The AWS KMS key
|
|
// ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), AWS KMS key identifier, or the AWS
|
|
// KMS key alias for the AWS KMS encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your AWS account, you can
|
|
// specify a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a new AWS KMS encryption
|
|
// key. If you don't specify a value for KmsKeyId, then the copy of the DB cluster
|
|
// snapshot is encrypted with the same AWS KMS key as the source DB cluster
|
|
// snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another
|
|
// AWS account, then you must specify a value for KmsKeyId.
|
|
//
|
|
// To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot to another AWS Region, set KmsKeyId
|
|
// to the AWS KMS key ID that you want to use to encrypt the copy of the DB
|
|
// cluster snapshot in the destination Region. AWS KMS encryption keys are specific
|
|
// to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption
|
|
// keys from one Region in another Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you copy an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot and specify a value for the
|
|
// KmsKeyId parameter, an error is returned.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot
|
|
// API action in the AWS Region that contains the source DB cluster snapshot
|
|
// to copy. You must use the PreSignedUrl parameter when copying an encrypted
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// The presigned URL must be a valid request for the CopyDBSClusterSnapshot
|
|
// API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the
|
|
// encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. The presigned URL request must
|
|
// contain the following parameter values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt
|
|
// the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This
|
|
// is the same identifier for both the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action that
|
|
// is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the
|
|
// presigned URL.
|
|
//
|
|
// * DestinationRegion - The name of the AWS Region that the DB cluster snapshot
|
|
// will be created in.
|
|
//
|
|
// * SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The DB cluster snapshot identifier
|
|
// for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must
|
|
// be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region.
|
|
// For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from
|
|
// the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier
|
|
// looks like the following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:my-cluster-snapshot-20161115.
|
|
PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter is not
|
|
// case sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can't copy an encrypted, shared DB cluster snapshot from one AWS Region
|
|
// to another.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source snapshot is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify
|
|
// a valid DB snapshot identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source snapshot is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify
|
|
// a valid DB cluster snapshot ARN.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster-snapshot1
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot to create from the source DB
|
|
// cluster snapshot. This parameter is not case sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The first character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster-snapshot2
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCopyTags sets the CopyTags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetCopyTags(v bool) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.CopyTags = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.PreSignedUrl = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshot = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to CreateDBCluster.
|
|
type CreateDBClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Amazon EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster
|
|
// can be created in.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify
|
|
// a minimum value of 1.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be a value from 1 to 35.
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB cluster identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The first character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be
|
|
// default.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetgroup
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to Amazon CloudWatch
|
|
// Logs.
|
|
EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: docdb
|
|
//
|
|
// Engine is a required field
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the database engine to use.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// The AWS KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the AWS
|
|
// KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB cluster using the same AWS account
|
|
// that owns the AWS KMS encryption key that is used to encrypt the new DB cluster,
|
|
// you can use the AWS KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the AWS KMS encryption
|
|
// key.
|
|
//
|
|
// If an encryption key is not specified in KmsKeyId:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If ReplicationSourceIdentifier identifies an encrypted source, then
|
|
// Amazon DocumentDB uses the encryption key that is used to encrypt the
|
|
// source. Otherwise, Amazon DocumentDB uses your default encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true and ReplicationSourceIdentifier
|
|
// is not specified, Amazon DocumentDB uses your default encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS
|
|
// account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you create a replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another AWS Region,
|
|
// you must set KmsKeyId to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination AWS
|
|
// Region. This key is used to encrypt the replica in that AWS Region.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The password for the master database user. This password can contain any
|
|
// printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the master user for the DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be from 1 to 16 letters or numbers.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The first character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
|
|
// backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
|
|
// of time for each AWS Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
|
|
// Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
|
|
// of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted.
|
|
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB cluster.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Engine == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZones = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.MasterUsername = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB cluster.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *CreateDBClusterOutput {
|
|
s.DBCluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input of CreateDBClusterParameterGroup.
|
|
type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB cluster parameter group family name.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Description is a required field
|
|
Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Description == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v *DBClusterParameterGroup) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input of CreateDBClusterSnapshot.
|
|
type CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB cluster to create a snapshot for. This parameter
|
|
// is not case sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is stored as a
|
|
// lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The first character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster-snapshot1
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshot = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to CreateDBInstance.
|
|
type CreateDBInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB
|
|
// instance during the maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: true
|
|
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS
|
|
// Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: us-east-1d
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the MultiAZ
|
|
// parameter is set to true. The specified Availability Zone must be in the
|
|
// same AWS Region as the current endpoint.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB cluster that the instance will belong to.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance; for example, db.m4.large.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceClass is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The first character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mydbinstance
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database engine to be used for this instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid value: docdb
|
|
//
|
|
// Engine is a required field
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
|
|
// Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
|
|
// of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that specifies the order in which an Amazon DocumentDB replica is
|
|
// promoted to the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary
|
|
// instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: 0-15
|
|
PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to be assigned to the DB instance.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBInstanceInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceClass == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceClass"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Engine == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.PromotionTier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB instance.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *CreateDBInstanceOutput {
|
|
s.DBInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to CreateDBSubnetGroup.
|
|
type CreateDBSubnetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupDescription is a required field
|
|
DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 letters, numbers, periods, underscores,
|
|
// spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetgroup
|
|
//
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon EC2 subnet IDs for the DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubnetIds is a required field
|
|
SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to be assigned to the DB subnet group.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSubnetGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBSubnetGroupDescription == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupDescription"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubnetIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.SubnetIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB cluster.
|
|
type DBCluster struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides a list of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that
|
|
// are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with a
|
|
// DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other AWS services
|
|
// on your behalf.
|
|
AssociatedRoles []*DBClusterRole `locationNameList:"DBClusterRole" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the list of Amazon EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the
|
|
// DB cluster can be created in.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained.
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated
|
|
// Time (UTC).
|
|
ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique
|
|
// key that identifies a DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the list of instances that make up the DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterMembers []*DBClusterMember `locationNameList:"DBClusterMember" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroup *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies information on the subnet group that is associated with the DB
|
|
// cluster, including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroup *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier
|
|
// is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB
|
|
// cluster is accessed.
|
|
DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time
|
|
// restore.
|
|
EarliestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of log types that this DB cluster is configured to export to Amazon
|
|
// CloudWatch Logs.
|
|
EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the connection endpoint for the primary instance of the DB cluster.
|
|
Endpoint *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the database engine version.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone.
|
|
HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted
|
|
// DB cluster.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time
|
|
// restore.
|
|
LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the master user name for the DB cluster.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB cluster has instances in multiple Availability Zones.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the progress of the operation as a percentage.
|
|
PercentProgress *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created
|
|
// if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod.
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur,
|
|
// in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader endpoint for a DB cluster
|
|
// load balances connections across the Amazon DocumentDB replicas that are
|
|
// available in a DB cluster. As clients request new connections to the reader
|
|
// endpoint, Amazon DocumentDB distributes the connection requests among the
|
|
// Amazon DocumentDB replicas in the DB cluster. This functionality can help
|
|
// balance your read workload across multiple Amazon DocumentDB replicas in
|
|
// your DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// If a failover occurs, and the Amazon DocumentDB replica that you are connected
|
|
// to is promoted to be the primary instance, your connection is dropped. To
|
|
// continue sending your read workload to other Amazon DocumentDB replicas in
|
|
// the cluster, you can then reconnect to the reader endpoint.
|
|
ReaderEndpoint *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the current state of this DB cluster.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted.
|
|
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides a list of virtual private cloud (VPC) security groups that the DB
|
|
// cluster belongs to.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBCluster) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBCluster) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssociatedRoles sets the AssociatedRoles field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetAssociatedRoles(v []*DBClusterRole) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.AssociatedRoles = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZones = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.ClusterCreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterArn sets the DBClusterArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterArn(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.DBClusterArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterMembers sets the DBClusterMembers field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterMembers(v []*DBClusterMember) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.DBClusterMembers = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroup = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetDBSubnetGroup(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroup = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDbClusterResourceId sets the DbClusterResourceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetDbClusterResourceId(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.DbClusterResourceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEarliestRestorableTime sets the EarliestRestorableTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetEarliestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.EarliestRestorableTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetEndpoint(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.Endpoint = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetEngine(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostedZoneId sets the HostedZoneId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetHostedZoneId(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.HostedZoneId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLatestRestorableTime sets the LatestRestorableTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetLatestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.LatestRestorableTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.MasterUsername = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.MultiAZ = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetPercentProgress(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.PercentProgress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetPort(v int64) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReaderEndpoint sets the ReaderEndpoint field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetReaderEndpoint(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.ReaderEndpoint = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetStatus(v string) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBCluster) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *DBCluster {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains information about an instance that is part of a DB cluster.
|
|
type DBClusterMember struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the status of the DB cluster parameter group for this member of
|
|
// the DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the instance identifier for this member of the DB cluster.
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that is true if the cluster member is the primary instance for the
|
|
// DB cluster and false otherwise.
|
|
IsClusterWriter *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that specifies the order in which an Amazon DocumentDB replica is
|
|
// promoted to the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary
|
|
// instance.
|
|
PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterMember) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterMember) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupStatus sets the DBClusterParameterGroupStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterMember) SetDBClusterParameterGroupStatus(v string) *DBClusterMember {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterMember) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterMember {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIsClusterWriter sets the IsClusterWriter field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterMember) SetIsClusterWriter(v bool) *DBClusterMember {
|
|
s.IsClusterWriter = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterMember) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *DBClusterMember {
|
|
s.PromotionTier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
type DBClusterParameterGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the name of the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group is compatible with.
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the customer-specified description for this DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupArn sets the DBClusterParameterGroupArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBClusterParameterGroupArn(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that is associated
|
|
// with a DB cluster.
|
|
type DBClusterRole struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that is associated with the
|
|
// DB cluster.
|
|
RoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes the state of association between the IAM role and the DB cluster.
|
|
// The Status property returns one of the following values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * ACTIVE - The IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster and can
|
|
// be used to access other AWS services on your behalf.
|
|
//
|
|
// * PENDING - The IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * INVALID - The IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster, but the
|
|
// DB cluster cannot assume the IAM role to access other AWS services on
|
|
// your behalf.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterRole) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterRole) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterRole) SetRoleArn(v string) *DBClusterRole {
|
|
s.RoleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterRole) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterRole {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
type DBClusterSnapshot struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the list of Amazon EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot can be restored in.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated
|
|
// Time (UTC).
|
|
ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB cluster
|
|
// snapshot was created from.
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the identifier for the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the database engine.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the master user name for the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred.
|
|
PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the port that the DB cluster was listening on at the time of the
|
|
// snapshot.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in UTC.
|
|
SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If the DB cluster snapshot was copied from a source DB cluster snapshot,
|
|
// the ARN for the source DB cluster snapshot; otherwise, a null value.
|
|
SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the status of this DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted.
|
|
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the virtual private cloud (VPC) ID that is associated with the DB
|
|
// cluster snapshot.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterSnapshot) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterSnapshot) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZones = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.ClusterCreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotArn sets the DBClusterSnapshotArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterSnapshotArn(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngine(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.MasterUsername = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.PercentProgress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetPort(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotCreateTime sets the SnapshotCreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.SnapshotCreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.SnapshotType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotArn sets the SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotArn(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetVpcId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the name and values of a manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
|
|
//
|
|
// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts
|
|
// to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
type DBClusterSnapshotAttribute struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
|
|
//
|
|
// The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have
|
|
// permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
AttributeName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The values for the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a
|
|
// list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the
|
|
// manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the manual
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or
|
|
// restore.
|
|
AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeName(v string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute {
|
|
s.AttributeName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttributeValues sets the AttributeValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeValues(v []*string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute {
|
|
s.AttributeValues = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about the attributes that are associated with a DB cluster
|
|
// snapshot.
|
|
type DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of attributes and values for the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotAttributes []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot that the attributes apply to.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributes sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(v []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB engine version.
|
|
type DBEngineVersion struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the database engine.
|
|
DBEngineDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the database engine version.
|
|
DBEngineVersionDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine.
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database engine.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the database engine.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The types of logs that the database engine has available for export to Amazon
|
|
// CloudWatch Logs.
|
|
ExportableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates whether the engine version supports exporting the
|
|
// log types specified by ExportableLogTypes to CloudWatch Logs.
|
|
SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded
|
|
// to.
|
|
ValidUpgradeTarget []*UpgradeTarget `locationNameList:"UpgradeTarget" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBEngineVersion) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBEngineVersion) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBEngineDescription sets the DBEngineDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineDescription(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
|
|
s.DBEngineDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBEngineVersionDescription sets the DBEngineVersionDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineVersionDescription(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
|
|
s.DBEngineVersionDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetEngine(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBEngineVersion {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExportableLogTypes sets the ExportableLogTypes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetExportableLogTypes(v []*string) *DBEngineVersion {
|
|
s.ExportableLogTypes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs sets the SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs(v bool) *DBEngineVersion {
|
|
s.SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidUpgradeTarget sets the ValidUpgradeTarget field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetValidUpgradeTarget(v []*UpgradeTarget) *DBEngineVersion {
|
|
s.ValidUpgradeTarget = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB instance.
|
|
type DBInstance struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically.
|
|
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the Availability Zone that the DB instance is located
|
|
// in.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained.
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the name of the DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of if
|
|
// the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains a user-provided database identifier. This identifier is the unique
|
|
// key that identifies a DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the current state of this database.
|
|
DBInstanceStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies information on the subnet group that is associated with the DB
|
|
// instance, including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier
|
|
// is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB
|
|
// instance is accessed.
|
|
DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of log types that this DB instance is configured to export to Amazon
|
|
// CloudWatch Logs.
|
|
EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the connection endpoint.
|
|
Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB instance.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the database engine version.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the date and time that the DB instance was created.
|
|
InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
|
|
|
// If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted
|
|
// DB instance.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time
|
|
// restore.
|
|
LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This element is included
|
|
// only when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified by subelements.
|
|
PendingModifiedValues *PendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created
|
|
// if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod.
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur,
|
|
// in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that specifies the order in which an Amazon DocumentDB replica is
|
|
// promoted to the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary
|
|
// instance.
|
|
PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the availability options for the DB instance. A value of true specifies
|
|
// an internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, which resolves
|
|
// to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal instance with
|
|
// a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of a read replica. If the instance is not a read replica, this
|
|
// is blank.
|
|
StatusInfos []*DBInstanceStatusInfo `locationNameList:"DBInstanceStatusInfo" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted.
|
|
StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides a list of VPC security group elements that the DB instance belongs
|
|
// to.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBInstance) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBInstance) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceArn sets the DBInstanceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceArn(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.DBInstanceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceStatus sets the DBInstanceStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceStatus(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.DBInstanceStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.DbiResourceId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetEndpoint(v *Endpoint) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.Endpoint = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetEngine(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceCreateTime sets the InstanceCreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetInstanceCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.InstanceCreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLatestRestorableTime sets the LatestRestorableTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetLatestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.LatestRestorableTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPendingModifiedValues sets the PendingModifiedValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetPendingModifiedValues(v *PendingModifiedValues) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.PendingModifiedValues = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.PromotionTier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusInfos sets the StatusInfos field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetStatusInfos(v []*DBInstanceStatusInfo) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.StatusInfos = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.StorageEncrypted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstance) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *DBInstance {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides a list of status information for a DB instance.
|
|
type DBInstanceStatusInfo struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the instance
|
|
// is not in an error state, this value is blank.
|
|
Message *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or false
|
|
// if the instance is in an error state.
|
|
Normal *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values can
|
|
// be replicating, error, stopped, or terminated.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This value is currently "read replication."
|
|
StatusType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetMessage(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNormal sets the Normal field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetNormal(v bool) *DBInstanceStatusInfo {
|
|
s.Normal = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetStatus(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusType sets the StatusType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetStatusType(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo {
|
|
s.StatusType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB subnet group.
|
|
type DBSubnetGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Identifier (ARN) for the DB subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the description of the DB subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the status of the DB subnet group.
|
|
SubnetGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about one or more subnets within a DB subnet group.
|
|
Subnets []*Subnet `locationNameList:"Subnet" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the virtual private cloud (VPC) ID of the DB subnet group.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSubnetGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DBSubnetGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupArn sets the DBSubnetGroupArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupArn(v string) *DBSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *DBSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DBSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetGroupStatus sets the SubnetGroupStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetSubnetGroupStatus(v string) *DBSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.SubnetGroupStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetSubnets(v []*Subnet) *DBSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.Subnets = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to DeleteDBCluster.
|
|
type DeleteDBClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster to be deleted. This parameter
|
|
// isn't case sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB cluster snapshot identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot created
|
|
// when SkipFinalSnapshot is set to false.
|
|
//
|
|
// Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter
|
|
// to true results in an error.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The first character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Determines whether a final DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster
|
|
// is deleted. If true is specified, no DB cluster snapshot is created. If false
|
|
// is specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster is deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// If SkipFinalSnapshot is false, you must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier
|
|
// parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSkipFinalSnapshot sets the SkipFinalSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetSkipFinalSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.SkipFinalSnapshot = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB cluster.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *DeleteDBClusterOutput {
|
|
s.DBCluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup.
|
|
type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * You can't delete a default DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be associated with any DB clusters.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to DeleteDBClusterSnapshot.
|
|
type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to delete.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB cluster snapshot in the available
|
|
// state.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshot = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to DeleteDBInstance.
|
|
type DeleteDBInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance identifier for the DB instance to be deleted. This parameter
|
|
// isn't case sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the name of an existing DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBInstanceInput"}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB instance.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *DeleteDBInstanceOutput {
|
|
s.DBInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to DeleteDBSubnetGroup.
|
|
type DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database subnet group to delete.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can't delete the default subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be default.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetgroup
|
|
//
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups.
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return details for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If provided, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token (marker) is
|
|
// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of DBClusterParameterGroups.
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DB cluster parameter groups.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroups []*DBClusterParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroups sets the DBClusterParameterGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroups(v []*DBClusterParameterGroup) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to DescribeDBClusterParameters.
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterParametersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return parameter details
|
|
// for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If provided, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token (marker) is
|
|
// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates to return only parameters for a specific source. Parameter
|
|
// sources can be engine, service, or customer.
|
|
Source *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParametersInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetSource(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.Source = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of DBClusterParameterGroup.
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides a list of parameters for the DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput {
|
|
s.Parameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes.
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to describe the attributes for.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about the attributes that are associated with a DB cluster
|
|
// snapshot.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to DescribeDBClusterSnapshots.
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the DB cluster to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots for.
|
|
// This parameter can't be used with the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier parameter.
|
|
// This parameter is not case sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If provided, must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't
|
|
// be used with the DBClusterIdentifier parameter. This value is stored as a
|
|
// lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If provided, must match the identifier of an existing DBClusterSnapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter
|
|
// must also be specified.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Set to true to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are public and can
|
|
// be copied or restored by any AWS account, and otherwise false. The default
|
|
// is false.
|
|
IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Set to true to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots from other AWS
|
|
// accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore,
|
|
// and otherwise false. The default is false.
|
|
IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token (marker) is
|
|
// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of DB cluster snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the
|
|
// following values:
|
|
//
|
|
// * automated - Return all DB cluster snapshots that Amazon DocumentDB has
|
|
// automatically created for your AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// * manual - Return all DB cluster snapshots that you have manually created
|
|
// for your AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// * shared - Return all manual DB cluster snapshots that have been shared
|
|
// to your AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// * public - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been marked as public.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual
|
|
// DB cluster snapshots are returned. You can include shared DB cluster snapshots
|
|
// with these results by setting the IncludeShared parameter to true. You can
|
|
// include public DB cluster snapshots with these results by setting the IncludePublic
|
|
// parameter to true.
|
|
//
|
|
// The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType
|
|
// values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply
|
|
// when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply
|
|
// when SnapshotType is set to public.
|
|
SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIncludePublic sets the IncludePublic field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetIncludePublic(v bool) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.IncludePublic = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIncludeShared sets the IncludeShared field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetIncludeShared(v bool) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.IncludeShared = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of DescribeDBClusterSnapshots.
|
|
type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshots []*DBClusterSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshot" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshots sets the DBClusterSnapshots field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshots(v []*DBClusterSnapshot) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshots = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to DescribeDBClusters.
|
|
type DescribeDBClustersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The user-provided DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified,
|
|
// information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter
|
|
// isn't case sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If provided, must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier.
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe.
|
|
//
|
|
// Supported filters:
|
|
//
|
|
// * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon
|
|
// Resource Names (ARNs). The results list only includes information about
|
|
// the DB clusters identified by these ARNs.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token (marker) is
|
|
// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClustersInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClustersInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClustersInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClustersInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClustersInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of DescribeDBClusters.
|
|
type DescribeDBClustersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DB clusters.
|
|
DBClusters []*DBCluster `locationNameList:"DBCluster" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusters sets the DBClusters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClustersOutput) SetDBClusters(v []*DBCluster) *DescribeDBClustersOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBClustersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClustersOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to DescribeDBEngineVersions.
|
|
type DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a specific DB parameter group family to return details for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If provided, must match an existing DBParameterGroupFamily.
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that only the default version of the specified engine or engine
|
|
// and major version combination is returned.
|
|
DefaultOnly *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The database engine to return.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The database engine version to return.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 5.1.49
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// If this parameter is specified and the requested engine supports the CharacterSetName
|
|
// parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported
|
|
// character sets for each engine version.
|
|
ListSupportedCharacterSets *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// If this parameter is specified and the requested engine supports the TimeZone
|
|
// parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported
|
|
// time zones for each engine version.
|
|
ListSupportedTimezones *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token (marker) is
|
|
// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDefaultOnly sets the DefaultOnly field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetDefaultOnly(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
|
|
s.DefaultOnly = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetEngine(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetListSupportedCharacterSets sets the ListSupportedCharacterSets field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetListSupportedCharacterSets(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
|
|
s.ListSupportedCharacterSets = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetListSupportedTimezones sets the ListSupportedTimezones field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetListSupportedTimezones(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
|
|
s.ListSupportedTimezones = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of DescribeDBEngineVersions.
|
|
type DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about one or more DB engine versions.
|
|
DBEngineVersions []*DBEngineVersion `locationNameList:"DBEngineVersion" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBEngineVersions sets the DBEngineVersions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) SetDBEngineVersions(v []*DBEngineVersion) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput {
|
|
s.DBEngineVersions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to DescribeDBInstances.
|
|
type DescribeDBInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The user-provided instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, information
|
|
// from only the specific DB instance is returned. This parameter isn't case
|
|
// sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If provided, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A filter that specifies one or more DB instances to describe.
|
|
//
|
|
// Supported filters:
|
|
//
|
|
// * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon
|
|
// Resource Names (ARNs). The results list includes only the information
|
|
// about the DB instances that are associated with the DB clusters that are
|
|
// identified by these ARNs.
|
|
//
|
|
// * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance ARNs.
|
|
// The results list includes only the information about the DB instances
|
|
// that are identified by these ARNs.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token (marker) is
|
|
// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBInstancesInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBInstancesInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of DescribeDBInstances.
|
|
type DescribeDBInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about one or more DB instances.
|
|
DBInstances []*DBInstance `locationNameList:"DBInstance" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstances sets the DBInstances field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) SetDBInstances(v []*DBInstance) *DescribeDBInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.DBInstances = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to DescribeDBSubnetGroups.
|
|
type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB subnet group to return details for.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token (marker) is
|
|
// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of DescribeDBSubnetGroups.
|
|
type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about one or more DB subnet groups.
|
|
DBSubnetGroups []*DBSubnetGroup `locationNameList:"DBSubnetGroup" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroups sets the DBSubnetGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) SetDBSubnetGroups(v []*DBSubnetGroup) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters.
|
|
type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group family to return the engine parameter
|
|
// information for.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token (marker) is
|
|
// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput"}
|
|
if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters
|
|
// operation.
|
|
EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineDefaults sets the EngineDefaults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) SetEngineDefaults(v *EngineDefaults) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput {
|
|
s.EngineDefaults = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to DescribeEventCategories.
|
|
type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of source that is generating the events.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: db-instance, db-parameter-group, db-security-group, db-snapshot
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventCategoriesInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of DescribeEventCategories.
|
|
type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event category maps.
|
|
EventCategoriesMapList []*EventCategoriesMap `locationNameList:"EventCategoriesMap" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategoriesMapList sets the EventCategoriesMapList field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) SetEventCategoriesMapList(v []*EventCategoriesMap) *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput {
|
|
s.EventCategoriesMapList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to DescribeEvents.
|
|
type DescribeEventsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of minutes to retrieve events for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 60
|
|
Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO
|
|
// 8601 format.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
|
|
EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event categories that trigger notifications for an event notification
|
|
// subscription.
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token (marker) is
|
|
// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the event source for which events are returned. If not
|
|
// specified, then all sources are included in the response.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If SourceIdentifier is provided, SourceType must also be provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source type is DBInstance, a DBInstanceIdentifier must be provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source type is DBSecurityGroup, a DBSecurityGroupName must be
|
|
// provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source type is DBParameterGroup, a DBParameterGroupName must
|
|
// be provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the source type is DBSnapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events
|
|
// are returned.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO
|
|
// 8601 format.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.Duration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.EndTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.EventCategories = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.SourceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.StartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of DescribeEvents.
|
|
type DescribeEventsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about one or more events.
|
|
Events []*Event `locationNameList:"Event" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetEvents(v []*Event) *DescribeEventsOutput {
|
|
s.Events = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions.
|
|
type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
|
|
// available offerings that match the specified DB instance class.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the engine to retrieve DB instance options for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Engine is a required field
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The engine version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
|
|
// available offerings that match the specified engine version.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The license model filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
|
|
// offerings that match the specified license model.
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token (marker) is
|
|
// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The virtual private cloud (VPC) filter value. Specify this parameter to show
|
|
// only the available VPC or non-VPC offerings.
|
|
Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput"}
|
|
if s.Engine == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetEngine(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
|
|
s.LicenseModel = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetVpc(v bool) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput {
|
|
s.Vpc = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions.
|
|
type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The options that are available for a particular orderable DB instance.
|
|
OrderableDBInstanceOptions []*OrderableDBInstanceOption `locationNameList:"OrderableDBInstanceOption" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOrderableDBInstanceOptions sets the OrderableDBInstanceOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) SetOrderableDBInstanceOptions(v []*OrderableDBInstanceOption) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput {
|
|
s.OrderableDBInstanceOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to DescribePendingMaintenanceActions.
|
|
type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A filter that specifies one or more resources to return pending maintenance
|
|
// actions for.
|
|
//
|
|
// Supported filters:
|
|
//
|
|
// * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon
|
|
// Resource Names (ARNs). The results list includes only pending maintenance
|
|
// actions for the DB clusters identified by these ARNs.
|
|
//
|
|
// * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance ARNs.
|
|
// The results list includes only pending maintenance actions for the DB
|
|
// instances identified by these ARNs.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token (marker) is
|
|
// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN of a resource to return pending maintenance actions for.
|
|
ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput {
|
|
s.ResourceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of DescribePendingMaintenanceActions.
|
|
type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maintenance actions to be applied.
|
|
PendingMaintenanceActions []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `locationNameList:"ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPendingMaintenanceActions sets the PendingMaintenanceActions field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) SetPendingMaintenanceActions(v []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput {
|
|
s.PendingMaintenanceActions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Network information for accessing a DB cluster or DB instance. Client programs
|
|
// must specify a valid endpoint to access these Amazon DocumentDB resources.
|
|
type Endpoint struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance.
|
|
Address *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone.
|
|
HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Endpoint) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Endpoint) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAddress sets the Address field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetAddress(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.Address = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHostedZoneId sets the HostedZoneId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetHostedZoneId(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.HostedZoneId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetPort(v int64) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters
|
|
// operation.
|
|
type EngineDefaults struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group family to return the engine parameter
|
|
// information for.
|
|
DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The parameters of a particular DB cluster parameter group family.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EngineDefaults) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EngineDefaults) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value.
|
|
func (s *EngineDefaults) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *EngineDefaults {
|
|
s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *EngineDefaults) SetMarker(v string) *EngineDefaults {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *EngineDefaults) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *EngineDefaults {
|
|
s.Parameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about an event.
|
|
type Event struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the date and time of the event.
|
|
Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the category for the event.
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the text of this event.
|
|
Message *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event.
|
|
SourceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the identifier for the source of the event.
|
|
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the source type for this event.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Event) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Event) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDate sets the Date field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetDate(v time.Time) *Event {
|
|
s.Date = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *Event {
|
|
s.EventCategories = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetMessage(v string) *Event {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetSourceArn(v string) *Event {
|
|
s.SourceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *Event {
|
|
s.SourceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetSourceType(v string) *Event {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// An event source type, accompanied by one or more event category names.
|
|
type EventCategoriesMap struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The event categories for the specified source type.
|
|
EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The source type that the returned categories belong to.
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventCategoriesMap) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventCategoriesMap) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *EventCategoriesMap {
|
|
s.EventCategories = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetSourceType(v string) *EventCategoriesMap {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to FailoverDBCluster.
|
|
type FailoverDBClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A DB cluster identifier to force a failover for. This parameter is not case
|
|
// sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the instance to promote to the primary instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// You must specify the instance identifier for an Amazon DocumentDB replica
|
|
// in the DB cluster. For example, mydbcluster-replica1.
|
|
TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *FailoverDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the TargetDBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *FailoverDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type FailoverDBClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB cluster.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *FailoverDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *FailoverDBClusterOutput {
|
|
s.DBCluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A named set of filter values, used to return a more specific list of results.
|
|
// You can use a filter to match a set of resources by specific criteria, such
|
|
// as IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Wildcards are not supported in filters.
|
|
type Filter struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the filter. Filter names are case sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Name is a required field
|
|
Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// One or more filter values. Filter values are case sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values is a required field
|
|
Values []*string `locationNameList:"Value" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Filter) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Filter) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *Filter) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Filter"}
|
|
if s.Name == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Values == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *Filter) SetName(v string) *Filter {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
|
|
func (s *Filter) SetValues(v []*string) *Filter {
|
|
s.Values = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to ListTagsForResource.
|
|
type ListTagsForResourceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// This parameter is not currently supported.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon DocumentDB resource with tags to be listed. This value is an Amazon
|
|
// Resource Name (ARN).
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceName is a required field
|
|
ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"}
|
|
if s.ResourceName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *ListTagsForResourceInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput {
|
|
s.ResourceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of ListTagsForResource.
|
|
type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of one or more tags.
|
|
TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagList sets the TagList field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *ListTagsForResourceOutput {
|
|
s.TagList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to ModifyDBCluster.
|
|
type ModifyDBClusterInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that specifies whether the changes in this request and any pending
|
|
// changes are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the
|
|
// PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB cluster. If this parameter
|
|
// is set to false, changes to the DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance
|
|
// window.
|
|
//
|
|
// The ApplyImmediately parameter affects only the NewDBClusterIdentifier and
|
|
// MasterUserPassword values. If you set this parameter value to false, the
|
|
// changes to the NewDBClusterIdentifier and MasterUserPassword values are applied
|
|
// during the next maintenance window. All other changes are applied immediately,
|
|
// regardless of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify
|
|
// a minimum value of 1.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be a value from 1 to 35.
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to Amazon
|
|
// CloudWatch Logs for a specific DB instance or DB cluster. The EnableLogTypes
|
|
// and DisableLogTypes arrays determine which logs are exported (or not exported)
|
|
// to CloudWatch Logs.
|
|
CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB cluster identifier for the cluster that is being modified. This parameter
|
|
// is not case sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to use for the DB cluster.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the database engine to which you want to upgrade. Changing
|
|
// this parameter results in an outage. The change is applied during the next
|
|
// maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new password for the master database user. This password can contain
|
|
// any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster when renaming a DB cluster.
|
|
// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The first character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-cluster2
|
|
NewDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the DB cluster accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be a value from 1150 to 65535.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
|
|
// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
|
|
// of time for each AWS Region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be at least 30 minutes.
|
|
PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
|
|
// Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block
|
|
// of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of virtual private cloud (VPC) security groups that the DB cluster
|
|
// will belong to.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.ApplyImmediately = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration sets the CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration(v *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNewDBClusterIdentifier sets the NewDBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetNewDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.NewDBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterInput {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyDBClusterOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB cluster.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *ModifyDBClusterOutput {
|
|
s.DBCluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup.
|
|
type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to modify.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to modify.
|
|
//
|
|
// Parameters is a required field
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Parameters == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.Parameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the name of a DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be from 1 to 255 letters or numbers.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The first character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute.
|
|
type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster snapshot attribute to modify.
|
|
//
|
|
// To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot, set this value to restore.
|
|
//
|
|
// AttributeName is a required field
|
|
AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to modify the attributes for.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified
|
|
// by AttributeName.
|
|
//
|
|
// To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot,
|
|
// set this list to include one or more AWS account IDs. To make the manual
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot restorable by any AWS account, set it to all. Do not
|
|
// add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private
|
|
// information that you don't want to be available to all AWS accounts.
|
|
ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified
|
|
// by AttributeName.
|
|
//
|
|
// To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
|
|
// DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers.
|
|
// To remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the DB cluster
|
|
// snapshot, set it to all . If you specify all, an AWS account whose account
|
|
// ID is explicitly added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore
|
|
// a manual DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput"}
|
|
if s.AttributeName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AttributeName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetAttributeName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.AttributeName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValuesToAdd sets the ValuesToAdd field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToAdd(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.ValuesToAdd = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValuesToRemove sets the ValuesToRemove field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput {
|
|
s.ValuesToRemove = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about the attributes that are associated with a DB cluster
|
|
// snapshot.
|
|
DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to ModifyDBInstance.
|
|
type ModifyDBInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications
|
|
// are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow
|
|
// setting for the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// If this parameter is set to false, changes to the DB instance are applied
|
|
// during the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage
|
|
// and are applied on the next reboot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the DB
|
|
// instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter doesn't result
|
|
// in an outage except in the following case, and the change is asynchronously
|
|
// applied as soon as possible. An outage results if this parameter is set to
|
|
// true during the maintenance window, and a newer minor version is available,
|
|
// and Amazon DocumentDB has enabled automatic patching for that engine version.
|
|
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance; for example, db.m4.large.
|
|
// Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you modify the DB instance class, an outage occurs during the change.
|
|
// The change is applied during the next maintenance window, unless ApplyImmediately
|
|
// is specified as true for this request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The new DB instance identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB instance.
|
|
// When you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot occurs immediately
|
|
// if you set Apply Immediately to true. It occurs during the next maintenance
|
|
// window if you set Apply Immediately to false. This value is stored as a lowercase
|
|
// string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The first character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mydbinstance
|
|
NewDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur,
|
|
// which might result in an outage. Changing this parameter doesn't result in
|
|
// an outage except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously
|
|
// applied as soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a reboot,
|
|
// and the maintenance window is changed to include the current time, changing
|
|
// this parameter causes a reboot of the DB instance. If you are moving this
|
|
// window to the current time, there must be at least 30 minutes between the
|
|
// current time and end of the window to ensure that pending changes are applied.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting.
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that specifies the order in which an Amazon DocumentDB replica is
|
|
// promoted to the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary
|
|
// instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 1
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: 0-15
|
|
PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBInstanceInput"}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.ApplyImmediately = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNewDBInstanceIdentifier sets the NewDBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetNewDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.NewDBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.PromotionTier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyDBInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB instance.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *ModifyDBInstanceOutput {
|
|
s.DBInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to ModifyDBSubnetGroup.
|
|
type ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the DB subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
// You can't modify the default subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be
|
|
// default.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetgroup
|
|
//
|
|
// DBSubnetGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon EC2 subnet IDs for the DB subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubnetIds is a required field
|
|
SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubnetIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.SubnetIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB subnet group.
|
|
DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The options that are available for a DB instance.
|
|
type OrderableDBInstanceOption struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of Availability Zones for a DB instance.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance class for a DB instance.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The engine type of a DB instance.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The engine version of a DB instance.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The license model for a DB instance.
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether a DB instance is in a virtual private cloud (VPC).
|
|
Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*AvailabilityZone) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZones = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetEngine(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetEngineVersion(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetLicenseModel(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.LicenseModel = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetVpc(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption {
|
|
s.Vpc = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about an individual parameter.
|
|
type Parameter struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter.
|
|
AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates when to apply parameter updates.
|
|
ApplyMethod *string `type:"string" enum:"ApplyMethod"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the engine-specific parameters type.
|
|
ApplyType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the valid data type for the parameter.
|
|
DataType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides a description of the parameter.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether (true) or not (false) the parameter can be modified. Some
|
|
// parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from
|
|
// being changed.
|
|
IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply.
|
|
MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the name of the parameter.
|
|
ParameterName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the value of the parameter.
|
|
ParameterValue *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the source of the parameter value.
|
|
Source *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Parameter) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Parameter) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetAllowedValues(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.AllowedValues = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetApplyMethod sets the ApplyMethod field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetApplyMethod(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.ApplyMethod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetApplyType(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.ApplyType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDataType sets the DataType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetDataType(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.DataType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetDescription(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *Parameter {
|
|
s.IsModifiable = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMinimumEngineVersion sets the MinimumEngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetMinimumEngineVersion(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.MinimumEngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterName sets the ParameterName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetParameterName(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.ParameterName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameterValue sets the ParameterValue field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetParameterValue(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.ParameterValue = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
|
|
func (s *Parameter) SetSource(v string) *Parameter {
|
|
s.Source = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A list of the log types whose configuration is still pending. These log types
|
|
// are in the process of being activated or deactivated.
|
|
type PendingCloudwatchLogsExports struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Log types that are in the process of being enabled. After they are enabled,
|
|
// these log types are exported to Amazon CloudWatch Logs.
|
|
LogTypesToDisable []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Log types that are in the process of being deactivated. After they are deactivated,
|
|
// these log types aren't exported to CloudWatch Logs.
|
|
LogTypesToEnable []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLogTypesToDisable sets the LogTypesToDisable field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) SetLogTypesToDisable(v []*string) *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports {
|
|
s.LogTypesToDisable = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLogTypesToEnable sets the LogTypesToEnable field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) SetLogTypesToEnable(v []*string) *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports {
|
|
s.LogTypesToEnable = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides information about a pending maintenance action for a resource.
|
|
type PendingMaintenanceAction struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the resource.
|
|
Action *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date of the maintenance window when the action is applied. The maintenance
|
|
// action is applied to the resource during its first maintenance window after
|
|
// this date. If this date is specified, any next-maintenance opt-in requests
|
|
// are ignored.
|
|
AutoAppliedAfterDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
|
|
|
// The effective date when the pending maintenance action is applied to the
|
|
// resource.
|
|
CurrentApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
|
|
|
// A description providing more detail about the maintenance action.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date when the maintenance action is automatically applied. The maintenance
|
|
// action is applied to the resource on this date regardless of the maintenance
|
|
// window for the resource. If this date is specified, any immediate opt-in
|
|
// requests are ignored.
|
|
ForcedApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the type of opt-in request that has been received for the resource.
|
|
OptInStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAction sets the Action field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetAction(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction {
|
|
s.Action = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoAppliedAfterDate sets the AutoAppliedAfterDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetAutoAppliedAfterDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction {
|
|
s.AutoAppliedAfterDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCurrentApplyDate sets the CurrentApplyDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetCurrentApplyDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction {
|
|
s.CurrentApplyDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetDescription(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetForcedApplyDate sets the ForcedApplyDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetForcedApplyDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction {
|
|
s.ForcedApplyDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOptInStatus sets the OptInStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetOptInStatus(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction {
|
|
s.OptInStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// One or more modified settings for a DB instance. These modified settings
|
|
// have been requested, but haven't been applied yet.
|
|
type PendingModifiedValues struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the new AllocatedStorage size for the DB instance that will be applied
|
|
// or is currently being applied.
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the pending number of days for which automated backups are retained.
|
|
BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the identifier of the certificate authority (CA) certificate for
|
|
// the DB instance.
|
|
CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the new DBInstanceClass for the DB instance that will be applied
|
|
// or is currently being applied.
|
|
DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the new DBInstanceIdentifier for the DB instance that will be applied
|
|
// or is currently being applied.
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The new DB subnet group for the DB instance.
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the database engine version.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance that will be
|
|
// applied or is currently being applied.
|
|
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The license model for the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: license-included, bring-your-own-license, general-public-license
|
|
LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the pending or currently in-progress change of the master credentials
|
|
// for the DB instance.
|
|
MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ deployment.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of the log types whose configuration is still pending. These log types
|
|
// are in the process of being activated or deactivated.
|
|
PendingCloudwatchLogsExports *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the pending port for the DB instance.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PendingModifiedValues) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PendingModifiedValues) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.DBInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetEngineVersion(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetIops(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.Iops = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetLicenseModel(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.LicenseModel = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.MasterUserPassword = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.MultiAZ = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPendingCloudwatchLogsExports sets the PendingCloudwatchLogsExports field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetPendingCloudwatchLogsExports(v *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.PendingCloudwatchLogsExports = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetPort(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
|
|
func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetStorageType(v string) *PendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.StorageType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to RebootDBInstance.
|
|
type RebootDBInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// When true, the reboot is conducted through a Multi-AZ failover.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: You can't specify true if the instance is not configured for
|
|
// Multi-AZ.
|
|
ForceFailover *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RebootDBInstanceInput"}
|
|
if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RebootDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetForceFailover sets the ForceFailover field's value.
|
|
func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) SetForceFailover(v bool) *RebootDBInstanceInput {
|
|
s.ForceFailover = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RebootDBInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB instance.
|
|
DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *RebootDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RebootDBInstanceOutput {
|
|
s.DBInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to RemoveTagsFromResource.
|
|
type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon DocumentDB resource that the tags are removed from. This value
|
|
// is an Amazon Resource Name (ARN).
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceName is a required field
|
|
ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed.
|
|
//
|
|
// TagKeys is a required field
|
|
TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveTagsFromResourceInput"}
|
|
if s.ResourceName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TagKeys == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput {
|
|
s.ResourceName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput {
|
|
s.TagKeys = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to ResetDBClusterParameterGroup.
|
|
type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to reset.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to the
|
|
// default values. You can't use this parameter if the ResetAllParameters parameter
|
|
// is set to true.
|
|
Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that is set to true to reset all parameters in the DB cluster parameter
|
|
// group to their default values, and false otherwise. You can't use this parameter
|
|
// if there is a list of parameter names specified for the Parameters parameter.
|
|
ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.Parameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters(v bool) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput {
|
|
s.ResetAllParameters = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the name of a DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of a DB cluster parameter group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be from 1 to 255 letters or numbers.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The first character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
|
|
DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput {
|
|
s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction.
|
|
type ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list that provides details about the pending maintenance actions for the
|
|
// resource.
|
|
PendingMaintenanceActionDetails []*PendingMaintenanceAction `locationNameList:"PendingMaintenanceAction" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that has pending maintenance
|
|
// actions.
|
|
ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPendingMaintenanceActionDetails sets the PendingMaintenanceActionDetails field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) SetPendingMaintenanceActionDetails(v []*PendingMaintenanceAction) *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions {
|
|
s.PendingMaintenanceActionDetails = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions {
|
|
s.ResourceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot.
|
|
type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides the list of Amazon EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the
|
|
// restored DB cluster can be created in.
|
|
AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
// This parameter isn't case sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The first character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: my-snapshot-id
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: If provided, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetgroup
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of log types that must be enabled for exporting to Amazon CloudWatch
|
|
// Logs.
|
|
EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The database engine to use for the new DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same as source.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source.
|
|
//
|
|
// Engine is a required field
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The version of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster
|
|
// from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// The AWS KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the AWS
|
|
// KMS encryption key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account
|
|
// that owns the AWS KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster,
|
|
// then you can use the AWS KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the AWS KMS
|
|
// encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following
|
|
// occurs:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is encrypted,
|
|
// then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the AWS KMS key that was
|
|
// used to encrypt the DB snapshot or the DB cluster snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the DB snapshot or the DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier
|
|
// is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not encrypted.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be a value from 1150 to 65535.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot to restore from.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can use either the name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to specify
|
|
// a DB cluster snapshot. However, you can use only the ARN to specify a DB
|
|
// snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing snapshot.
|
|
//
|
|
// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to be assigned to the restored DB cluster.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of virtual private cloud (VPC) security groups that the new DB cluster
|
|
// will belong to.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Engine == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZones = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.SnapshotIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB cluster.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput {
|
|
s.DBCluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input to RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.
|
|
type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the new DB cluster to be created.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The first character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// DBClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: If provided, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetgroup
|
|
DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of log types that must be enabled for exporting to Amazon CloudWatch
|
|
// Logs.
|
|
EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster
|
|
// from an encrypted DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// The AWS KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the AWS
|
|
// KMS encryption key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account
|
|
// that owns the AWS KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster,
|
|
// then you can use the AWS KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the AWS KMS
|
|
// encryption key.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with an
|
|
// AWS KMS key that is different from the AWS KMS key used to encrypt the source
|
|
// DB cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted with the AWS KMS key identified
|
|
// by the KmsKeyId parameter.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following
|
|
// occurs:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted
|
|
// using the AWS KMS key that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the DB cluster is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is
|
|
// not encrypted.
|
|
//
|
|
// If DBClusterIdentifier refers to a DB cluster that is not encrypted, then
|
|
// the restore request is rejected.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be a value from 1150 to 65535.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: The default port for the engine.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time to restore the DB cluster to.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: A time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must be specified if the UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is not provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be specified if the UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot be specified if the RestoreType parameter is copy-on-write.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: 2015-03-07T23:45:00Z
|
|
RestoreToTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceDBClusterIdentifier is a required field
|
|
SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to be assigned to the restored DB cluster.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that is set to true to restore the DB cluster to the latest restorable
|
|
// backup time, and false otherwise.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: false
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Cannot be specified if the RestoreToTime parameter is provided.
|
|
UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster belongs to.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput"}
|
|
if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRestoreToTime sets the RestoreToTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreToTime(v time.Time) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.RestoreToTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUseLatestRestorableTime sets the UseLatestRestorableTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetUseLatestRestorableTime(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.UseLatestRestorableTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a DB cluster.
|
|
DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value.
|
|
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput {
|
|
s.DBCluster = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Detailed information about a subnet.
|
|
type Subnet struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the Availability Zone for the subnet.
|
|
SubnetAvailabilityZone *AvailabilityZone `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the identifier of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the status of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Subnet) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Subnet) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetAvailabilityZone sets the SubnetAvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetAvailabilityZone(v *AvailabilityZone) *Subnet {
|
|
s.SubnetAvailabilityZone = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetIdentifier sets the SubnetIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetIdentifier(v string) *Subnet {
|
|
s.SubnetIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetStatus sets the SubnetStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetStatus(v string) *Subnet {
|
|
s.SubnetStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Metadata assigned to an Amazon DocumentDB resource consisting of a key-value
|
|
// pair.
|
|
type Tag struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to 128 Unicode
|
|
// characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". The string
|
|
// can contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white space, '_', '.',
|
|
// '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").
|
|
Key *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to 256 Unicode
|
|
// characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". The string
|
|
// can contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white space, '_', '.',
|
|
// '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").
|
|
Value *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Tag) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Tag) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag {
|
|
s.Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
|
|
func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag {
|
|
s.Value = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to.
|
|
type UpgradeTarget struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates whether the target version is applied to any source
|
|
// DB instances that have AutoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true.
|
|
AutoUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the upgrade target database engine.
|
|
Engine *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The version number of the upgrade target database engine.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates whether a database engine is upgraded to a major version.
|
|
IsMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpgradeTarget) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpgradeTarget) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoUpgrade sets the AutoUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetAutoUpgrade(v bool) *UpgradeTarget {
|
|
s.AutoUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetDescription(v string) *UpgradeTarget {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetEngine(v string) *UpgradeTarget {
|
|
s.Engine = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetEngineVersion(v string) *UpgradeTarget {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIsMajorVersionUpgrade sets the IsMajorVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetIsMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *UpgradeTarget {
|
|
s.IsMajorVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Used as a response element for queries on virtual private cloud (VPC) security
|
|
// group membership.
|
|
type VpcSecurityGroupMembership struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the VPC security group.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the VPC security group.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupId sets the VpcSecurityGroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetVpcSecurityGroupId(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ApplyMethodImmediate is a ApplyMethod enum value
|
|
ApplyMethodImmediate = "immediate"
|
|
|
|
// ApplyMethodPendingReboot is a ApplyMethod enum value
|
|
ApplyMethodPendingReboot = "pending-reboot"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// SourceTypeDbInstance is a SourceType enum value
|
|
SourceTypeDbInstance = "db-instance"
|
|
|
|
// SourceTypeDbParameterGroup is a SourceType enum value
|
|
SourceTypeDbParameterGroup = "db-parameter-group"
|
|
|
|
// SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup is a SourceType enum value
|
|
SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup = "db-security-group"
|
|
|
|
// SourceTypeDbSnapshot is a SourceType enum value
|
|
SourceTypeDbSnapshot = "db-snapshot"
|
|
|
|
// SourceTypeDbCluster is a SourceType enum value
|
|
SourceTypeDbCluster = "db-cluster"
|
|
|
|
// SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot is a SourceType enum value
|
|
SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot = "db-cluster-snapshot"
|
|
)
|